// File: src/Mythics/MythicsEggRedeemer.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

import {IRedeemableToken} from "proof/redemption/interfaces/IRedeemableToken.sol";
import {MythicsV1} from "./MythicsV1.sol";
import {MythicsEgg, MythicEggSampler} from "../Egg/MythicsEgg.sol";

import {ISellable, ImmutableSellableCallbacker, SellableCallbacker} from "proof/sellers/base/SellableCallbacker.sol";
import {Seller} from "proof/sellers/base/Seller.sol";
import {RedeemableTokenRedeemer} from "proof/redemption/RedeemableTokenRedeemer.sol";

/**
 * @notice Helper library to encode/decode the purchase payload sent to the Mythics seller interface.
 */
library MythicsEggRedemptionLib {
    struct PurchasePayload {
        uint256 eggId;
        MythicEggSampler.EggType eggType;
    }

    function encode(PurchasePayload[] memory redemptions) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return abi.encode(redemptions);
    }

    function decode(bytes memory data) internal pure returns (PurchasePayload[] memory) {
        return abi.decode(data, (PurchasePayload[]));
    }
}

/**
 * @title Mythics: Egg redeemer
 * @notice Redeems activated mythic eggs for a Mythic (either a token in the case of a stone egg or an open choice for
 * non-stone eggs).
 * @author David Huber (@cxkoda)
 * @custom:reviewer Arran Schlosberg (@divergencearran)
 */
contract MythicsEggRedeemer is Seller, ImmutableSellableCallbacker, RedeemableTokenRedeemer {
    using MythicsEggRedemptionLib for MythicsEggRedemptionLib.PurchasePayload[];

    error EggNotActivated(uint256 eggId);
    error EggNotRevealed(uint256 eggId);

    MythicsEgg public immutable eggs;

    constructor(ISellable mythics, MythicsEgg eggs_) ImmutableSellableCallbacker(mythics) {
        eggs = eggs_;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Redeems the given passes and purchases pieces in the Diamond Exhibition.
     */
    function redeem(uint256[] calldata eggIds) external {
        MythicsEggRedemptionLib.PurchasePayload[] memory payloads =
            new MythicsEggRedemptionLib.PurchasePayload[](eggIds.length);

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < eggIds.length; ++i) {
            if (!eggs.activated(eggIds[i])) {
                revert EggNotActivated(eggIds[i]);
            }

            (MythicEggSampler.EggType eggType, bool revealed) = eggs.eggType(eggIds[i]);
            if (!revealed) {
                revert EggNotRevealed(eggIds[i]);
            }

            _redeem(eggs, eggIds[i]);
            payloads[i] = MythicsEggRedemptionLib.PurchasePayload({eggId: eggIds[i], eggType: eggType});
        }

        _purchase(msg.sender, uint64(eggIds.length), /* total cost */ 0, payloads.encode());
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/proof/proof-seller/contracts/redemption/src/interfaces/IRedeemableToken.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @notice Interface for a redeemable Voucher token preventing double spending
 * through internal book-keeping (e.g. burning the token, token property, etc.).
 * @dev Voucher tokens are intendent to be redeemed through a redeemer contract.
 */
interface IRedeemableToken {
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if the redemption caller is not allowed to spend a given
     * voucher.
     */
    error RedeemerCallerNotAllowedToSpendVoucher(address sender, uint256 tokenId);

    /**
     * @notice Interface through which a `IRedeemer` contract informs the
     * voucher about its redemption.
     * @param sender The address that initiate the redemption on the
     * redeemer contract.
     * @param tokenId The voucher token to be redeemed.
     * @dev This function MUST be called by redeemer contracts.
     * @dev MUST revert with `RedeemerNotApproved` if the calling redeemer
     * contract is not approved to spend this voucher.
     * @dev MUST revert with `RedeemerCallerNotAllowedToSpendVoucher` if
     * sender is not allowed to spend tokenId.
     */
    function redeem(address sender, uint256 tokenId) external;
}

// File: src/Mythics/MythicsV1.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;

import {DefaultOperatorFiltererUpgradeable} from
    "operator-filter-registry/src/upgradeable/DefaultOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";
import {MythicsBase} from "./MythicsBase.sol";
import {
    BaseSellableUpgradeable,
    AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable,
    SteerableAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable
} from "./BaseSellableUpgradeable.sol";

import {Oddsoleum} from "../Oddsoleum/Oddsoleum.sol";
import {MythicsEggRedeemer, MythicsEggRedemptionLib} from "./MythicsEggRedeemer.sol";
import {MythicEggSampler} from "../Egg/MythicEggSampler.sol";

library MythicsStorage {
    /**
     * @notice Encodes an open choice that the stored user can submit for a given purchase ID.
     * @dev A zero-address as `chooser` indicates that this choice is no longer available.
     * @param chooser the address of the user that is eligible to submit the choice.
     * @param numChoices the number of choices.
     */
    struct OpenChoice {
        address chooser;
        uint8 numChoices;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Encodes a final choice for a given mythics token ID.
     * @param numChoicesMinusOne the number of choices minus one (optimisation).
     * @param choice the choice submitted by the user
     */
    struct FinalChoice {
        uint8 numChoicesMinusOne;
        uint8 choice;
    }

    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256("Mythics.storage.location");

    /**
     * @notice This is the storage layout for the Mythics contract.
     * @dev The fields in this struct MUST NOT be removed, renamed, or reordered. Only additionas are allowed to keep
     * the storage layout compatible between upgrades.
     */
    struct Layout {
        /**
         * @notice The number of tokens that have been minted.
         */
        uint256 numMinted;
        /**
         * @notice The base URI for the token metadata.
         */
        string baseTokenURI;
        /**
         * @notice The number of purchases handled by the seller interface.
         * @dev Counter to get sequential purchaseIDs
         */
        uint64 numPurchases;
        /**
         * @notice The MythicsEggRedeemer contract.
         */
        MythicsEggRedeemer eggRedeemer;
        /**
         * @notice Open choices added on purchase.
         * @dev Elements MUST be deleted after locking in a choice.
         */
        mapping(uint256 purchaseId => OpenChoice) openChoices;
        /**
         * @notice Locked-in choices for the given tokenId.
         * @dev Elements MUST and MUST ONLY be added for minted tokens.
         */
        mapping(uint256 tokenId => FinalChoice) finalChoices;
    }

    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

interface MythicsV1Events {
    /**
     * @notice Emitted when a Mythic is purchased (not minted) to draw random choices for the buyer off-chain.
     */
    event RandomiseMythics(uint256 indexed purchaseId, address indexed chooser, uint8 indexed numChoices);

    /**
     * @notice Emitted when the Mythics choice was locked in for a given purchase (and the Mythic was minted).
     */
    event MythicChosen(uint256 indexed purchaseId, address indexed chooser, uint256 indexed tokenId, uint8 choice);
}

/**
 * @title Mythics V1
 * @notice Mythics V1 allowing tokens to be purchased by redeeming MythicEgss through the MythicsEggRedeemer or by
 * burning Oddities through the Oddsoleum.
 * @author David Huber (@cxkoda)
 * @custom:reviewer Arran Schlosberg (@divergencearran)
 */
contract MythicsV1 is MythicsBase, BaseSellableUpgradeable, DefaultOperatorFiltererUpgradeable, MythicsV1Events {
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if a user attempt to lock in a choice that exceeds the number of available choices.
     */
    error ChoiceOutOfBounds(uint256 purchaseId, uint8 numChoices, uint8 choice);

    /**
     * @notice Thrown if a user attempts to submit a choice for a purchase that was already locked in.
     */
    error PurchaseChoiceAlreadyLockedIn(uint256 purchaseId);

    /**
     * @notice Thrown if the caller attempts to lock in an open choice they are not eligible for.
     */
    error CallerIsNotChooser(uint256 purchaseId, address chooser, address caller);

    struct InitArgsV1 {
        address mainAdmin;
        address secondaryAdmin;
        address steerer;
        string baseTokenURI;
        MythicsEggRedeemer eggRedeemer;
        address royaltyReceiver;
    }

    function initializeV1(InitArgsV1 memory init) public virtual reinitializer(2) {
        __MythicsBase_init();
        __BaseSellable_init();
        __DefaultOperatorFilterer_init();

        _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, init.mainAdmin);
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, init.secondaryAdmin);
        _changeAdmin(init.mainAdmin);
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE, init.steerer);

        MythicsStorage.layout().baseTokenURI = init.baseTokenURI;
        MythicsStorage.layout().eggRedeemer = init.eggRedeemer;

        _setDefaultRoyalty(init.royaltyReceiver, 500);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Pauses all ERC721 transfers.
     * @dev This includes mints and hence also purchases throught the Seller interface.
     */
    function pause() public virtual onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _pause();
    }

    /**
     * @notice Unpauses paused ERC721 transfers.
     */
    function unpause() public virtual onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _unpause();
    }

    /**
     * @notice Loads and returns the base URI for the token metadata according to the v1 storage layout.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return MythicsStorage.layout().baseTokenURI;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the base tokenURI.
     */
    function setBaseTokenURI(string calldata newBaseTokenURI) public virtual onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        MythicsStorage.layout().baseTokenURI = newBaseTokenURI;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the total supply of Mythics.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return MythicsStorage.layout().numMinted;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Overriding the OZ's minting hook to increment the numMinted counter.
     * @dev Must not be called directly as this would mess with sequential token IDs. Use _mintNextTokenId instead.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual override {
        unchecked {
            // Impossible to overflow in practice, the amount of gas required to mint more than 2**256 is prohibitive.
            MythicsStorage.layout().numMinted++;
        }
        super._mint(to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Convenience function to mint the next tokenId.
     */
    function _mintNextTokenId(address to) internal virtual returns (uint256) {
        uint256 tokenId = MythicsStorage.layout().numMinted;
        _mint(to, tokenId);
        return tokenId;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Tracks purchases and emits an event to randomise mythic choices off-chain.
     */
    function _trackPurchaseAndRandomiseMythics(address chooser, uint8 numChoices) internal returns (uint256) {
        assert(numChoices > 0);
        MythicsStorage.Layout storage layout = MythicsStorage.layout();
        uint256 purchaseId = layout.numPurchases++;

        // Optimisation: Not tracking the purchase in `openChoices` for `numChoices == 1` since there is only one choice
        // and we will lock it in immediately after this call in `_setChoice` deleting the entry again.
        if (numChoices > 1) {
            layout.openChoices[purchaseId] = MythicsStorage.OpenChoice({chooser: chooser, numChoices: numChoices});
        }
        emit RandomiseMythics(purchaseId, chooser, numChoices);

        return purchaseId;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Locks in a choice for a given purchase and mythic token ID.
     */
    function _setChoice(address chooser, uint256 purchaseId, uint256 tokenId, uint8 numChoices, uint8 choice)
        internal
    {
        assert(numChoices > 0);
        MythicsStorage.Layout storage layout = MythicsStorage.layout();

        if (choice >= numChoices) {
            revert ChoiceOutOfBounds(purchaseId, numChoices, choice);
        }

        if (numChoices > 1) {
            // Optimisation: Not deleting `openChoices` for `numChoices == 1` since we did not store anything in that
            // case. See also `_trackPurchaseAndRandomiseMythics`.
            delete layout.openChoices[purchaseId];
        }

        layout.finalChoices[tokenId] = MythicsStorage.FinalChoice({numChoicesMinusOne: numChoices - 1, choice: choice});
        emit MythicChosen(purchaseId, chooser, tokenId, choice);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Convenience wrapper functions for purchases without choices, i.e. `numChoices = 1`, e.g. used for
     * Oddities and stone eggs.
     */
    function _mintWithoutChoice(address to) internal {
        uint8 numChoices = 1;
        uint256 purchaseId = _trackPurchaseAndRandomiseMythics(to, numChoices);
        uint256 tokenId = _mintNextTokenId(to);
        _setChoice(to, purchaseId, tokenId, numChoices, 0);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Encode as choice submission.
     * @param purchaseId the purchase ID the choice should be submitted for
     * @param choice the chosen Mythic for the given purchase ID
     */
    struct ChoiceSubmission {
        uint256 purchaseId;
        uint8 choice;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Locks in the choice for a given purchase with an open choice and mints the Mythics token.
     * @dev Reverts if the caller is not the stored chooser or if a choice was already submitted for the given purchase.
     */
    function _chooseAndMint(ChoiceSubmission calldata submission) internal {
        MythicsStorage.Layout storage layout = MythicsStorage.layout();
        MythicsStorage.OpenChoice memory openChoice = layout.openChoices[submission.purchaseId];

        if (openChoice.chooser == address(0)) {
            revert PurchaseChoiceAlreadyLockedIn(submission.purchaseId);
        }

        if (msg.sender != openChoice.chooser) {
            revert CallerIsNotChooser(submission.purchaseId, openChoice.chooser, msg.sender);
        }

        uint8 numChoices = openChoice.numChoices;
        uint256 tokenId = _mintNextTokenId(msg.sender);
        _setChoice(msg.sender, submission.purchaseId, tokenId, numChoices, submission.choice);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Locks in choices for given purchases and mints the Mythics tokens.
     */
    function chooseAndMint(ChoiceSubmission[] calldata choices) public whenNotPaused {
        for (uint256 i; i < choices.length; ++i) {
            _chooseAndMint(choices[i]);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc BaseSellableUpgradeable
     * @dev Mints Mythics tokens for standard sales (e.g. through the Oddsoleum) or stone egg redemptions or records
     * open choices for non-stone eggs.
     */
    function _handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data) internal virtual override whenNotPaused {
        if (msg.sender != address(MythicsStorage.layout().eggRedeemer)) {
            for (uint256 i; i < num; ++i) {
                _mintWithoutChoice(to);
            }
            return;
        }

        MythicsEggRedemptionLib.PurchasePayload[] memory payloads = MythicsEggRedemptionLib.decode(data);
        assert(num == payloads.length);

        for (uint256 i; i < num; ++i) {
            MythicEggSampler.EggType eggType = payloads[i].eggType;

            if (eggType == MythicEggSampler.EggType.Stone) {
                _mintWithoutChoice(to);
                continue;
            }

            assert(uint8(eggType) <= 2);
            uint8 numChoices = uint8(eggType) + 1;
            _trackPurchaseAndRandomiseMythics(to, numChoices);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the egg redeemer contract.
     */
    function setEggRedeemer(MythicsEggRedeemer newRedeemer) public onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        MythicsStorage.layout().eggRedeemer = newRedeemer;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the egg redeemer contract.
     */
    function eggRedeemer() public view returns (MythicsEggRedeemer) {
        return MythicsStorage.layout().eggRedeemer;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the default royalty receiver and fee in basis points.
     */
    function setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeBasisPoints)
        public
        virtual
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(receiver, feeBasisPoints);
    }

    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(MythicsBase, AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return MythicsBase.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    // =========================================================================
    //                           Operator filtering
    // =========================================================================

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     *      In this example the added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public override onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator) {
        super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     *      In this example the added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
     */
    function approve(address operator, uint256 tokenId) public override onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator) {
        super.approve(operator, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     *      In this example the added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     *      In this example the added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     *      In this example the added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data)
        public
        override
        onlyAllowedOperator(from)
    {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
}

// File: src/Egg/MythicsEgg.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;

import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon, BaseTokenURI, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI} from "ethier/erc721/BaseTokenURI.sol";
import {OperatorFilterOS} from "ethier/erc721/OperatorFilterOS.sol";
import {ERC4906} from "ethier/erc721/ERC4906.sol";

import {IEntropyOracle} from "proof/entropy/IEntropyOracle.sol";
import {RedeemableERC721ACommon} from "proof/redemption/voucher/RedeemableERC721ACommon.sol";
import {SellableERC721ACommon} from "proof/sellers/sellable/SellableERC721ACommon.sol";

import {MythicEggSampler} from "./MythicEggSampler.sol";
import {MythicEggActivator} from "./MythicEggActivator.sol";

/**
 * @title Mythics: Egg
 * @notice A redeemable token claimable by all diamond nested Moonbirds.
 * @author David Huber (@cxkoda)
 * @custom:reviewer Arran Schlosberg (@divergencearran)
 */
contract MythicsEgg is
    ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI,
    OperatorFilterOS,
    SellableERC721ACommon,
    RedeemableERC721ACommon,
    MythicEggSampler,
    MythicEggActivator
{
    constructor(address admin, address steerer, address payable secondaryReceiver, IEntropyOracle oracle)
        ERC721ACommon(admin, steerer, "Mythics: Egg", "EGG", secondaryReceiver, 500)
        BaseTokenURI("https://metadata.proof.xyz/mythics/egg/")
        MythicEggSampler(oracle)
    {
        _setEggProbabilities([uint64(0), uint64(40), uint64(60)]);
    }

    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Information Getter
    // =================================================================================================================

    /**
     * @notice Encodes information about a token.
     * @dev Intended to be used off-chain.
     */
    struct TokenInfo {
        bool revealed;
        EggType eggType;
        bool activated;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns information about given egg token.
     * @dev Not optimised, intended to be used off-chain only.
     */
    function tokenInfos(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external view returns (TokenInfo[] memory) {
        TokenInfo[] memory infos = new TokenInfo[](tokenIds.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIds.length; i++) {
            (EggType eggT, bool revealed) = eggType(tokenIds[i]);
            infos[i] = TokenInfo({revealed: revealed, eggType: eggT, activated: activated(tokenIds[i])});
        }
        return infos;
    }

    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Steering
    // =================================================================================================================

    /**
     * @notice Sets the probability distribution for egg types.
     */
    function setEggProbabilities(uint64[NUM_EGG_TYPES] memory pdf) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _setEggProbabilities(pdf);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the entropy oracle.
     */
    function setEntropyOracle(IEntropyOracle newOracle) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        entropyOracle = newOracle;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the maximum number of activations per day.
     */
    function setMaxNumActivationsPerDay(uint32 maxNumActivationsPerDay) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _setMaxNumActivationsPerDay(maxNumActivationsPerDay);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Activates an array of eggs.
     */
    function activate(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _activate(tokenIds);
    }

    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Inheritance Resolution
    // =================================================================================================================

    /**
     * @inheritdoc SellableERC721ACommon
     * @dev Registers the minted tokens for sampling.
     */
    function _handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data) internal virtual override {
        uint256 startTokenId = _nextTokenId();
        for (uint256 i; i < num; ++i) {
            _registerForSampling(startTokenId + i);
        }

        super._handleSale(to, num, data);
    }

    function _exists(uint256 tokenId)
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, MythicEggActivator, MythicEggSampler)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return ERC721A._exists(tokenId);
    }

    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI, SellableERC721ACommon, RedeemableERC721ACommon, ERC4906)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return RedeemableERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId)
            || SellableERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || ERC4906.supportsInterface(interfaceId)
            || ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override(ERC721A, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI) returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI._baseURI();
    }

    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS) {
        OperatorFilterOS.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }

    function approve(address operator, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS) {
        OperatorFilterOS.approve(operator, tokenId);
    }

    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        OperatorFilterOS.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        OperatorFilterOS.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        OperatorFilterOS.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/proof/proof-seller/contracts/sellers/src/base/SellableCallbacker.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

import {ISellable} from "../interfaces/ISellable.sol";
import {PurchaseExecuter} from "../interfaces/PurchaseExecuter.sol";

/**
 * @notice Executes a purchase by calling the purchase interface of a `ISellable`  contract.
 */
abstract contract SellableCallbacker is PurchaseExecuter {
    /**
     * @notice Emitted when the callback to the `ISellable` contract fails.
     */
    error CallbackFailed(bytes reason);

    function _sellable(address to, uint64 num, uint256 cost, bytes memory data) internal virtual returns (ISellable);

    /**
     * @notice Executes a purchase by calling the sale interface of a `ISellable` contract.
     */
    function _executePurchase(address to, uint64 num, uint256 cost, bytes memory data) internal virtual override {
        ISellable sellable = _sellable(to, num, cost, data);
        try sellable.handleSale{value: cost}(to, num, data) {}
        catch (bytes memory reason) {
            // TODO(dave): the reason is empty if the above call runs OutOfFund. Explore ways to bubble this up more cleanly.
            revert CallbackFailed(reason);
        }
    }
}

/**
 * @notice Executes a purchase by calling the purchase interface of a `ISellable`  contract.
 */
abstract contract ImmutableSellableCallbacker is SellableCallbacker {
    /**
     * @notice The `ISellable` contract that will be called to execute the purchase.
     */
    ISellable public immutable sellable;

    constructor(ISellable sellable_) {
        sellable = sellable_;
    }

    function _sellable(address, uint64, uint256, bytes memory) internal virtual override returns (ISellable) {
        return sellable;
    }
}

/**
 * @notice Executes a purchase by calling the purchase interface of a `ISellable`  contract.
 */
abstract contract SettableSellableCallbacker is SellableCallbacker {
    /**
     * @notice The `ISellable` contract that will be called to execute the purchase.
     */
    ISellable private _sellable_;

    function _sellable(address, uint64, uint256, bytes memory) internal virtual override returns (ISellable) {
        return _sellable_;
    }

    function _setSellable(ISellable sellable_) internal {
        _sellable_ = sellable_;
    }

    function sellable() public view returns (ISellable) {
        return _sellable_;
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/proof/proof-seller/contracts/sellers/src/base/Seller.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

import {ReentrancyGuard} from "openzeppelin-contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {PurchaseExecuter} from "../interfaces/PurchaseExecuter.sol";

/**
 * @notice Abstract base contract for all `Seller`s.
 * @dev The intention of this contract is to provide an extensible base for various kinds of Seller modules that can be
 * flexibly composed to build more complex sellers - allowing effective code reuse.
 * Derived contracts are intended to implement their logic by overriding and extending the `_checkAndModifyPurchase` and
 * `_beforePurchase` hooks (calling the parent implementation(s) to compose logic). The former is intended to perform
 * manipulations and checks of the input data; the latter to update the internal state of the module.
 * Final sellers will compose these modules and expose an addition external purchase function for buyers.
 */

abstract contract Seller is PurchaseExecuter, ReentrancyGuard {
    uint256 internal constant _UNDEFINED_COST = type(uint256).max;

    /**
     * @notice Internal function handling a given purchase, performing checks and input manipulations depending on the
     * logic in the hooks.
     * @param to The receiver of the purchase
     * @param num Number of requested purchases
     * @param externalTotalCost Total cost of the purchase
     * @dev This function is intended to be wrapped in an external method for final sellers. Since we cannot foresee
     * what logic will be implemented in the hooks, we added a reentrancy guard for safety.
     */
    function _purchase(address to, uint64 num, uint256 externalTotalCost, bytes memory data)
        internal
        virtual
        nonReentrant
    {
        uint256 totalCost;
        (to, num, totalCost) = _checkAndModifyPurchase(to, num, externalTotalCost, data);
        _beforePurchase(to, num, totalCost, data);
        _executePurchase(to, num, totalCost, data);
    }

    // =================================================================================================================
    //                           Hooks
    // =================================================================================================================

    /**
     * @notice Hook that is called before handling a purchase (even before `_beforePurchase`)
     * @dev The intent of this hook is to manipulate the input data and perform  checks before actually handling the
     * purchase.
     * @param to The receiver of the purchase
     * @param num Number of requested purchases
     * @param totalCost Total cost of the purchase
     * @dev This function MUST return sensible values, since these will be used to perfom the purchase.
     */
    function _checkAndModifyPurchase(address to, uint64 num, uint256 totalCost, bytes memory)
        internal
        view
        virtual
        returns (address, uint64, uint256)
    {
        return (to, num, totalCost);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Hook that is called before handling a purchase.
     * @dev The intent of this hook is to update the internal state of the seller (module) if necessary.
     * It is critical that the updates happen here and not in `_checkAndModifyPurchase` because only after calling that
     * function the purchase parameters can be considered fixed.
     */
    function _beforePurchase(address to, uint64 num, uint256 totalCost, bytes memory data) internal virtual {
        // solhint-disable-line no-empty-blocks
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/proof/proof-seller/contracts/redemption/src/RedeemableTokenRedeemer.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

import {IRedeemableToken} from "./interfaces/IRedeemableToken.sol";

/**
 * @notice Base contract to redeem redeemable tokens.
 */
contract RedeemableTokenRedeemer {
    /**
     * @notice Emitted when the callback to the `IRedeemableToken` contract fails.
     */
    error RedeemableCallbackFailed(IRedeemableToken token, uint256 tokenId, bytes reason);

    /**
     * @notice Redeems a redeemable token
     */
    function _redeem(IRedeemableToken redeemable, uint256 tokenId) internal {
        try redeemable.redeem(msg.sender, tokenId) {}
        catch (bytes memory reason) {
            revert RedeemableCallbackFailed(redeemable, tokenId, reason);
        }
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/operator-filter-registry_1-4-1/src/upgradeable/DefaultOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import {OperatorFiltererUpgradeable} from "./OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";
import {CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION} from "../lib/Constants.sol";

/**
 * @title  DefaultOperatorFiltererUpgradeable
 * @notice Inherits from OperatorFiltererUpgradeable and automatically subscribes to the default OpenSea subscription
 *         when the init function is called.
 */
abstract contract DefaultOperatorFiltererUpgradeable is OperatorFiltererUpgradeable {
    /// @dev The upgradeable initialize function that should be called when the contract is being deployed.
    function __DefaultOperatorFilterer_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.__OperatorFilterer_init(CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION, true);
    }
}

// File: src/Mythics/MythicsBase.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;

import {Initializable} from "openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import {UUPSUpgradeable} from "openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC721Upgradeable} from "openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import {ERC721RoyaltyUpgradeable} from
    "openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721RoyaltyUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC721PausableUpgradeable} from
    "openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721PausableUpgradeable.sol";

import {
    SteerableAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable,
    AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable
} from "./SteerableAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @notice Base contract for Mythics implementations.
 * @dev This contract is intended be inherited by all implementations and thus MUST NOT be changed.
 */
contract MythicsBase is
    Initializable,
    SteerableAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable,
    ERC721Upgradeable,
    ERC721RoyaltyUpgradeable,
    ERC721PausableUpgradeable,
    UUPSUpgradeable
{
    constructor() {
        _disableInitializers();
    }

    function __MythicsBase_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __AccessControlEnumerable_init();
        __ERC721_init("Moonbirds: Mythics", "MYTHICS");
        __ERC721Royalty_init();
        __ERC721Pausable_init();
        __UUPSUpgradeable_init();
    }

    function __MythicsBase_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}

    /**
     * @notice Only the admin is authorised to upgrade the implementation.
     */
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal virtual override onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {}

    /**
     * @dev Needed for inheritance resolution.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 firstTokenId, uint256 batchSize)
        internal
        virtual
        override(ERC721Upgradeable, ERC721PausableUpgradeable)
    {
        ERC721PausableUpgradeable._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, firstTokenId, batchSize);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721Upgradeable, AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable, ERC721RoyaltyUpgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return ERC721Upgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId)
            || ERC721RoyaltyUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId)
            || AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual override(ERC721Upgradeable, ERC721RoyaltyUpgradeable) {
        ERC721RoyaltyUpgradeable._burn(tokenId);
    }
}

// File: src/Mythics/BaseSellableUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;

import {Initializable} from "openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import {ISellable} from "proof/sellers/interfaces/ISellable.sol";
import {
    AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable,
    SteerableAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable
} from "./SteerableAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @notice A base contract for selling content via authorised sellers.
 */
abstract contract BaseSellableUpgradeable is Initializable, ISellable, SteerableAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @notice Authorised sellers.
     */
    bytes32 public constant AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE = keccak256("AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE");

    function __BaseSellable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __AccessControlEnumerable_init();
        __BaseSellable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __BaseSellable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _setRoleAdmin(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content via an authorised seller.
     * @dev Delegates the implementation to `_handleSale`.
     */
    function handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data)
        external
        payable
        onlyRole(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE)
    {
        _handleSale(to, num, data);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content.
     */
    function _handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data) internal virtual;

    /**
     * @notice Revokes approval for all sellers.
     */
    function _revokeAllSellers() internal {
        uint256 num = getRoleMemberCount(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < num; i++) {
            // Akin to a popFront
            address seller = getRoleMember(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, 0);
            _revokeRole(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, seller);
        }
    }
}

// File: src/Oddsoleum/Oddsoleum.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;

import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import {SettableCallbackerWithAccessControl} from "proof/sellers/presets/CallbackerWithAccessControl.sol";
import {Seller} from "proof/sellers/base/Seller.sol";

import {MythicEggSampler} from "../Egg/MythicEggSampler.sol";
import {NonRollingRateLimited} from "./NonRollingRateLimited.sol";

interface OddsoleumEvents {
    event OdditySacrificed(address indexed owner, uint256 tokenId);

    /**
     * @notice Emitted if a burner attempts to sacrifice an Oddity that is not in the queue or was not approved to be
     * transferred by the Oddsoleum contract.
     * @dev This will likely only happen in the case of a race condition, where Oddity nomination is revoked after
     * selecting it to be burned.
     */
    event CannotBurnIneligibleOddity(uint256 indexed tokenId, bool queued, bool approved);
}

/**
 * @title Oddsoleum
 * @notice Allows Oddities to enter a queue for being sacrificed on the altar of the Oddgod.
 * @author David Huber (@cxkoda)
 * @custom:reviewer Arran Schlosberg (@divergencearran)
 */
contract Oddsoleum is Seller, SettableCallbackerWithAccessControl, OddsoleumEvents, NonRollingRateLimited {
    /**
     * @notice The role allowed to burn oddities.
     */
    bytes32 public constant BURNER_ROLE = keccak256("BURNER_ROLE");

    /**
     * @notice The receiver of burned Oddities.
     * @dev The original Oddities contract does not allow burning, so we send the tokens to the dead address instead.
     */
    address public constant BURN_ADDRESS = 0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD;

    /**
     * @notice The Oddities contract.
     */
    IERC721 public immutable oddities;

    /**
     * @notice Keeps track of Oddities that are in the queue to be sacrificed.
     * @dev Keyed by owner to automatically unqueue Oddities if they are transferred. Consequently, tokens will still
     * be queued after a round-trip, which can't be avoided as it would require a callback from the Oddities contract
     * upon transfer.
     */
    mapping(address owner => mapping(uint256 tokenId => bool)) private _queued;

    constructor(address admin, address steerer, IERC721 oddities_)
        SettableCallbackerWithAccessControl(admin, steerer)
        NonRollingRateLimited(50, 1 days)
    {
        _setRoleAdmin(BURNER_ROLE, DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE);
        oddities = oddities_;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Adds the given Oddities to the senders queue.
     * @dev Oddity ownership is not relevant here as senders only have access to their own flag set. Upon burn, the
     * contract will only consider the flag of the current owner of the given Oddity.
     */
    function addToQueue(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIds.length; ++i) {
            _queued[msg.sender][tokenIds[i]] = true;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Removes the given Oddities from the senders queue.
     * @dev Oddity ownership is not relevant here as senders only have access to their own flag set. Upon burn, the
     * contract will only consider the flag of the current owner of the given Oddity.
     */
    function removeFromQueue(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIds.length; ++i) {
            _queued[msg.sender][tokenIds[i]] = false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns whether the given Oddities are in the queue.
     * @dev This does not imply that they can be sacrificed, as the owner may not have approved this contract to burn
     * them.
     */
    function queued(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) public view returns (bool[] memory) {
        bool[] memory queued_ = new bool[](tokenIds.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIds.length; ++i) {
            address owner = oddities.ownerOf(tokenIds[i]);
            queued_[i] = _queued[owner][tokenIds[i]];
        }
        return queued_;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns whether the given Oddities can be sacrificed.
     * @dev True iff the Oddity is in the queue and the owner has approved this contract to burn it.
     */
    function burnable(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external view returns (bool[] memory) {
        bool[] memory burnable_ = new bool[](tokenIds.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIds.length; ++i) {
            address owner = oddities.ownerOf(tokenIds[i]);
            burnable_[i] = _burnable(owner, tokenIds[i]);
        }
        return burnable_;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns whether the given Oddities can be sacrificed.
     */
    function _burnable(address owner, uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _queued[owner][tokenId] && _approved(owner, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns whether the given Oddities can be sacrificed.
     */
    function _approved(address owner, uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
        return (oddities.isApprovedForAll(owner, address(this)) || oddities.getApproved(tokenId) == address(this));
    }

    /**
     * @notice Burns the given Oddity by sending it to a burn address.
     */
    function _burn(address owner, uint256 tokenId) internal returns (bool) {
        bool queued_ = _queued[owner][tokenId];
        bool approved = _approved(owner, tokenId);

        if (!(queued_ && approved)) {
            emit CannotBurnIneligibleOddity(tokenId, queued_, approved);
            return false;
        }

        oddities.transferFrom(owner, BURN_ADDRESS, tokenId);
        emit OdditySacrificed(owner, tokenId);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sacrifices the given Oddity by burning it and awards a Mythic to the original owner in return.
     */
    function _sacrifice(uint256 tokenId) internal returns (bool) {
        address owner = oddities.ownerOf(tokenId);
        bool burned = _burn(owner, tokenId);
        if (!burned) {
            return false;
        }
        _purchase(owner, 1, /* total cost */ 0, "");
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sacrifices the given Oddities by burning them and awards Mythics to the original owners in return.
     */
    function sacrifice(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external onlyRole(BURNER_ROLE) {
        uint64 numSacrificed;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIds.length; ++i) {
            bool sacrificed = _sacrifice(tokenIds[i]);

            unchecked {
                if (sacrificed) {
                    ++numSacrificed;
                }
            }
        }
        _checkAndTrackRateLimit(numSacrificed);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the maximum number of activations per day.
     */
    function setMaxSacrificesPerPeriod(uint32 maxSacrificesPerPeriod) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _setMaxActionsPerPeriod(maxSacrificesPerPeriod);
    }
}

// File: src/Egg/MythicEggSampler.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;

import {IEntropyOracle} from "proof/entropy/IEntropyOracle.sol";

import {MythicsEggErrors} from "./MythicsEggErrors.sol";
import {
    StochasticSampler, StochasticSamplerWithCDFStorage, StochasticSamplerWithOracle
} from "./StochasticSampling.sol";

/**
 * @title Mythics: Egg type sampling module
 * @author David Huber (@cxkoda)
 * @custom:reviewer Arran Schlosberg (@divergencearran)
 */
abstract contract MythicEggSampler is StochasticSamplerWithCDFStorage, StochasticSamplerWithOracle, MythicsEggErrors {
    /**
     * @notice The different types of eggs.
     */
    enum EggType {
        Stone,
        Runic,
        Legendary
    }

    /**
     * @notice Number of egg types
     */
    uint8 public constant NUM_EGG_TYPES = 3;

    /**
     * @notice Trait ID for the egg type
     */
    uint8 private constant _EGG_TYPE_TRAIT_ID = 0;

    /**
     * @notice Token-specific parameters for sampling the egg type
     * @dev Will be determined at mint.
     * @param revealBlockNumber Number of the block whose entropy will be used to reaveal the egg type.
     * @param distributionVersion The version/index of probability distribution to sample the egg type.
     * @param mixHash Part of the block mixHash to blind the entropy oracle.
     */
    struct SamplingParams {
        uint64 revealBlockNumber;
        uint16 distributionVersion;
        uint128 mixHash;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Egg-type sampling parameters keyed by token ID.
     */
    mapping(uint256 => SamplingParams) private _samplingParams;

    /**
     * @dev Constructor helper function.
     */
    function _numPerTrait() private pure returns (uint256[] memory) {
        uint256[] memory numPerTrait = new uint256[](1);
        numPerTrait[_EGG_TYPE_TRAIT_ID] = NUM_EGG_TYPES;
        return numPerTrait;
    }

    constructor(IEntropyOracle oracle)
        StochasticSamplerWithCDFStorage(_numPerTrait())
        StochasticSamplerWithOracle(oracle)
    {}

    /**
     * @notice Returns the egg-type sampling parameters for a given token ID.
     */
    function samplingParams(uint256 tokenId) public view returns (SamplingParams memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) {
            revert NonexistentEgg(tokenId);
        }

        return _samplingParams[tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc StochasticSamplerWithCDFStorage
     * @dev Reads the token-specific parameters.
     */
    function _distributionVersion(uint256 tokenId, uint256 traitId) internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        assert(traitId == _EGG_TYPE_TRAIT_ID);
        return _samplingParams[tokenId].distributionVersion;
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc StochasticSamplerWithOracle
     * @dev Reads the token-specific parameters.
     */
    function _revealBlockNumber(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _samplingParams[tokenId].revealBlockNumber;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Registers a token for egg-type sampling using the currently set probability distribution.
     * @dev Must be called upon token mint.
     */
    function _registerForSampling(uint256 tokenId) internal {
        uint256 revealBlockNumber = block.number;

        _samplingParams[tokenId] = SamplingParams({
            revealBlockNumber: uint64(revealBlockNumber),
            distributionVersion: uint16(_latestDistributionVersion(_EGG_TYPE_TRAIT_ID)),
            // Smearing out single-bit-of-influence from the prevrandao since we're just using 128 bits (mainly to
            // prevent the forge fuzzer from finding breaking runs which would force us to add circular testing logic).
            mixHash: uint128(uint256(keccak256(abi.encode(block.prevrandao))))
        });
        entropyOracle.requestEntropy(revealBlockNumber);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the probability distribution for egg types.
     */
    function _setEggProbabilities(uint64[NUM_EGG_TYPES] memory pdf) internal {
        uint64[] memory p = new uint64[](NUM_EGG_TYPES);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < NUM_EGG_TYPES; i++) {
            p[i] = pdf[i];
        }
        _pushProbabilities(_EGG_TYPE_TRAIT_ID, p);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc StochasticSamplerWithOracle
     * @dev Mixes the seed with the token-specific parameters to blind the EntropyOracle.
     */
    function _seed(uint256 tokenId)
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override(StochasticSampler, StochasticSamplerWithOracle)
        returns (bytes32, bool)
    {
        (bytes32 seed, bool revealed) = StochasticSamplerWithOracle._seed(tokenId);
        return (keccak256(abi.encode(seed, samplingParams(tokenId))), revealed);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the egg type of a given token ID and a boolean flag to indicate whether it was already revealed.
     */
    function eggType(uint256 tokenId) public view returns (EggType, bool) {
        (uint256 sample, bool revealed) = _sampleTrait(tokenId, _EGG_TYPE_TRAIT_ID);
        return (EggType(sample), revealed);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns whether a token exists.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/ethier_0-55-0/contracts/erc721/BaseTokenURI.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2023 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "../utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon} from "./ERC721ACommon.sol";

/**
 * @notice ERC721 extension that implements a commonly used _baseURI() function
 * to return an URL prefix that can be set by the contract steerer.
 */
contract BaseTokenURI is AccessControlEnumerable {
    /**
     * @notice Base token URI used as a prefix by tokenURI().
     */
    string private _baseTokenURI;

    constructor(string memory baseTokenURI_) {
        _setBaseTokenURI(baseTokenURI_);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the base token URI prefix.
     * @dev Only callable by the contract steerer.
     */
    function setBaseTokenURI(string memory baseTokenURI_)
        public
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        _setBaseTokenURI(baseTokenURI_);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the base token URI prefix.
     */
    function _setBaseTokenURI(string memory baseTokenURI_) internal virtual {
        _baseTokenURI = baseTokenURI_;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the `baseTokenURI`.
     */
    function baseTokenURI() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return _baseTokenURI;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the base token URI * without any additional characters (e.g. a slash).
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return _baseTokenURI;
    }
}

/**
 * @notice ERC721ACommon extension that adds BaseTokenURI.
 */
abstract contract ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI is ERC721ACommon, BaseTokenURI {
    /**
     * @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, AccessControlEnumerable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            ERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            AccessControlEnumerable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Inheritance resolution.
     */
    function _baseURI()
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, BaseTokenURI)
        returns (string memory)
    {
        return BaseTokenURI._baseURI();
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/ethier_0-55-0/contracts/erc721/OperatorFilterOS.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2023 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

import {Address} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol";
import {DefaultOperatorFilterer} from "operator-filter-registry/src/DefaultOperatorFilterer.sol";
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon} from "./ERC721ACommon.sol";

/**
 * @notice ERC721ACommon extension that adds Opensea's operator filtering.
 */
abstract contract OperatorFilterOS is ERC721ACommon, DefaultOperatorFilterer {
    using Address for address;

    /**
     * @notice Calling the operator filter registry with given calldata.
     * @dev The registry contract did not foresee role-based contract access
     * control -- only the contract itself, or its (EIP-173) owner is allowed to
     * change subscription settings. To work around this, we enforce
     * authorisation here and forward arbitrary calldata to the registry.
     * Use with care!
     */
    function callOperatorFilterRegistry(bytes calldata cdata)
        external
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).functionCall(cdata);
    }

    // =========================================================================
    //                           Operator filtering
    // =========================================================================

    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved)
        public
        virtual
        override
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }

    function approve(address operator, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        super.approve(operator, tokenId);
    }

    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public payable virtual override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/ethier_0-55-0/contracts/erc721/ERC4906.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: CC0-1.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import {IERC165, ERC165} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";

interface IERC4906Events {
    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of a token is changed.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFT.
    event MetadataUpdate(uint256 _tokenId);

    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of a range of tokens is changed.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFTs.
    event BatchMetadataUpdate(uint256 _fromTokenId, uint256 _toTokenId);
}

/// @title EIP-721 Metadata Update Extension
// solhint-disable-next-line no-empty-blocks
interface IERC4906 is IERC165, IERC4906Events {

}

contract ERC4906 is IERC4906, ERC165 {
    function _refreshMetadata(uint256 tokenId) internal {
        emit MetadataUpdate(tokenId);
    }

    function _refreshMetadata(uint256 fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId) internal {
        emit BatchMetadataUpdate(fromTokenId, toTokenId);
    }

    /// @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC165, IERC165)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            interfaceId == bytes4(0x49064906) ||
            ERC165.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/proof/proof-seller/contracts/entropy/IEntropyOracle.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 Proof Holdings Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

interface IEntropyOracleEvents {
    /**
     * @notice Emitted when entropy is requested, to signal the oracle.
     */
    event EntropyRequested(uint256 indexed blockNumber);

    /**
     * @notice Emitted when an entropy request is fulfilled.
     */
    event EntropyProvided(uint256 indexed blockNumber, bytes32 entropy);
}

interface IEntropyOracle is IEntropyOracleEvents {
    /**
     * @notice Equivalent to requestEntropy(block.number). This is safe as the request will only be fulfilled once the
     * block is mined.
     */
    function requestEntropy() external;

    /**
     * @notice Signal to the oracle that entropy is requested for the specified block. The request will only be
     * fulfilled once the block is mined.
     * @dev NOTE that this must be used with care. If a historical block is requested, the entropy may be known by a bad
     * actor. It is only safe to request entropy for a historical block i.f.f. said block was commited to before it was
     * mined.
     */
    function requestEntropy(uint256 blockNumber) external;

    /**
     * @notice Entropy values, keyed by block number.
     * @dev Not all blocks will have entropy available; check that the returned value is non-zero.
     */
    function blockEntropy(uint256) external view returns (bytes32);
}

// File: /home/dave/proof/proof-seller/contracts/redemption/src/voucher/RedeemableERC721ACommon.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

import {ERC721ACommon} from "ethier/erc721/ERC721ACommon.sol";
import {BaseRedeemableToken} from "./BaseRedeemableToken.sol";

/**
 * @notice An ERC721 token intended to act as freely tradeable voucher.
 * @dev This is mainly a convenience wrapper.
 */
abstract contract RedeemableERC721ACommon is BaseRedeemableToken, ERC721ACommon {
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Internals
    // =========================================================================

    /**
     * @notice Allows spending if the sender is the owner of or approved for
     * transfers of a given token.
     */

    function _isSenderAllowedToSpend(address sender, uint256 tokenId)
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (bool result)
    {
        address tokenOwner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (sender == tokenOwner) || isApprovedForAll(tokenOwner, sender) || (sender == getApproved(tokenId));
    }

    /**
     * @notice Redeeming a voucher token burns it.
     */
    function _doRedeem(address, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual override {
        _burn(tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(BaseRedeemableToken, ERC721ACommon)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return BaseRedeemableToken.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || ERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/proof/proof-seller/contracts/sellers/src/sellable/SellableERC721ACommon.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

import {ERC721ACommon} from "ethier/erc721/ERC721ACommon.sol";
import {AccessControlEnumerable, BaseSellable} from "./BaseSellable.sol";

/**
 * @notice Base contract for sellable ERC721ACommon tokens.
 */
abstract contract SellableERC721ACommon is BaseSellable, ERC721ACommon {
    /**
     * @inheritdoc BaseSellable
     */
    function _handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata) internal virtual override {
        _mint(to, num);
    }

    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, AccessControlEnumerable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return ERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || AccessControlEnumerable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}

// File: src/Egg/MythicEggActivator.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;

import {BitMaps} from "openzeppelin-contracts/utils/structs/BitMaps.sol";
import {ERC4906} from "ethier/erc721/ERC4906.sol";

import {MythicsEggErrors} from "./MythicsEggErrors.sol";

interface MythicEggActivatorEvents {
    /**
     * @notice Emitted when an egg has been activated.
     */
    event EggActivated(uint256 indexed tokenId);
}

/**
 * @title Mythics: Egg activation module
 * @author David Huber (@cxkoda)
 * @custom:reviewer Arran Schlosberg (@divergencearran)
 */
abstract contract MythicEggActivator is ERC4906, MythicsEggErrors, MythicEggActivatorEvents {
    using BitMaps for BitMaps.BitMap;

    /**
     * @notice Throws if activating an egg that has already been activated.
     */
    error EggAlreadyActivated(uint256);

    /**
     * @notice Thrown if one tries to activate too many eggs at once.
     */
    error ActivatingTooManyEggs(uint256 requested, uint256 numLeft);

    /**
     * @notice Keeps track of eggs that have already been activated.
     */
    BitMaps.BitMap private _activated;

    /**
     * @notice The maximum number of eggs that can be activated during one day.
     */
    uint32 internal _maxNumActivationsPerDay = 50;

    /**
     * @notice The last day on which an egg was activated.
     */
    uint32 private _lastActivationDay;

    /**
     * @notice The number of eggs that have been activated today.
     * @dev Will be reset to 0 in `_activate` at the start of each day.
     */
    uint32 private _numActivatedToday;

    /**
     * @notice Helper function to get the current day number.
     */
    function _currentDay() private view returns (uint32) {
        return uint32(block.timestamp / (1 days));
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the maximum number of activations per day.
     */
    function _setMaxNumActivationsPerDay(uint32 maxNumActivationsPerDay) internal {
        _maxNumActivationsPerDay = maxNumActivationsPerDay;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Activates an array of eggs.
     * @dev Will revert if the number of eggs to activate exceeds the maximum number of activations per day.
     */
    function _activate(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) internal {
        if (_currentDay() > _lastActivationDay) {
            _numActivatedToday = 0;
            _lastActivationDay = _currentDay();
        }

        uint256 numLeft = _maxNumActivationsPerDay - _numActivatedToday;
        if (tokenIds.length > numLeft) {
            revert ActivatingTooManyEggs(tokenIds.length, numLeft);
        }

        for (uint256 i; i < tokenIds.length; ++i) {
            uint256 tokenId = tokenIds[i];

            if (activated(tokenId)) {
                revert EggAlreadyActivated(tokenId);
            }

            if (!_exists(tokenId)) {
                revert NonexistentEgg(tokenId);
            }

            _activated.set(tokenId);
            _refreshMetadata(tokenId);
            emit EggActivated(tokenId);
        }
        _numActivatedToday += uint32(tokenIds.length);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns whether an egg has already been activated.
     */
    function activated(uint256 tokenId) public view returns (bool) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) {
            revert NonexistentEgg(tokenId);
        }

        return _activated.get(tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns whether a token exists.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool);
}

// File: /home/dave/proof/proof-seller/contracts/sellers/src/interfaces/ISellable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

/**
 * @notice Basic interface for a contract providing sellable content.
 */
interface ISellable {
    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content.
     * @dev This is usually only callable by Sellers.
     */
    function handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data) external payable;
}

// File: /home/dave/proof/proof-seller/contracts/sellers/src/interfaces/PurchaseExecuter.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

/**
 * @notice Interface to execute purchases in `Seller`s.
 * @dev This executes the final purchase. This can be anything from minting ERC721 tokens to transfering funds, etc.
 */
abstract contract PurchaseExecuter {
    function _executePurchase(address to, uint64 num, uint256 cost, bytes memory data) internal virtual;
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.

    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;

    uint256 private _status;

    constructor() {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        _nonReentrantBefore();
        _;
        _nonReentrantAfter();
    }

    function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");

        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
    }

    function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/operator-filter-registry_1-4-1/src/upgradeable/OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "../IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {Initializable} from "openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @title  OperatorFiltererUpgradeable
 * @notice Abstract contract whose constructor automatically registers and optionally subscribes to or copies another
 *         registrant's entries in the OperatorFilterRegistry when the init function is called.
 * @dev    This smart contract is meant to be inherited by token contracts so they can use the following:
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperator` modifier for `transferFrom` and `safeTransferFrom` methods.
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperatorApproval` modifier for `approve` and `setApprovalForAll` methods.
 */
abstract contract OperatorFiltererUpgradeable is Initializable {
    /// @notice Emitted when an operator is not allowed.
    error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);

    IOperatorFilterRegistry constant OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY =
        IOperatorFilterRegistry(0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E);

    /// @dev The upgradeable initialize function that should be called when the contract is being upgraded.
    function __OperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe)
        internal
        onlyInitializing
    {
        // If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
        // will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
        // order for the modifier to filter addresses.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isRegistered(address(this))) {
                if (subscribe) {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                } else {
                    if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
                        OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                    } else {
                        OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.register(address(this));
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
        // Allow spending tokens from addresses with balance
        // Note that this still allows listings and marketplaces with escrow to transfer tokens if transferred
        // from an EOA.
        if (from != msg.sender) {
            _checkFilterOperator(msg.sender);
        }
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator approval is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
        _checkFilterOperator(operator);
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if the operator is allowed.
     */
    function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            // under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting or
            // upgraded contracts may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave
            // differently
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
            }
        }
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/operator-filter-registry_1-4-1/src/lib/Constants.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

address constant CANONICAL_OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY_ADDRESS = 0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E;
address constant CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION = 0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6;

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.2;

import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```solidity
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 *
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;

    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;

    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);

    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized != type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol";
import "../ERC1967/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.sol";
import "./Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev An upgradeability mechanism designed for UUPS proxies. The functions included here can perform an upgrade of an
 * {ERC1967Proxy}, when this contract is set as the implementation behind such a proxy.
 *
 * A security mechanism ensures that an upgrade does not turn off upgradeability accidentally, although this risk is
 * reinstated if the upgrade retains upgradeability but removes the security mechanism, e.g. by replacing
 * `UUPSUpgradeable` with a custom implementation of upgrades.
 *
 * The {_authorizeUpgrade} function must be overridden to include access restriction to the upgrade mechanism.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
abstract contract UUPSUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable, ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable {
    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow state-variable-immutable state-variable-assignment
    address private immutable __self = address(this);

    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is being performed through a delegatecall call and that the execution context is
     * a proxy contract with an implementation (as defined in ERC1967) pointing to self. This should only be the case
     * for UUPS and transparent proxies that are using the current contract as their implementation. Execution of a
     * function through ERC1167 minimal proxies (clones) would not normally pass this test, but is not guaranteed to
     * fail.
     */
    modifier onlyProxy() {
        require(address(this) != __self, "Function must be called through delegatecall");
        require(_getImplementation() == __self, "Function must be called through active proxy");
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is not being performed through a delegate call. This allows a function to be
     * callable on the implementing contract but not through proxies.
     */
    modifier notDelegated() {
        require(address(this) == __self, "UUPSUpgradeable: must not be called through delegatecall");
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Implementation of the ERC1822 {proxiableUUID} function. This returns the storage slot used by the
     * implementation. It is used to validate the implementation's compatibility when performing an upgrade.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy. This is guaranteed by the `notDelegated` modifier.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view virtual override notDelegated returns (bytes32) {
        return _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy to `newImplementation`.
     *
     * Calls {_authorizeUpgrade}.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     *
     * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow-reachable delegatecall
     */
    function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) public virtual onlyProxy {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(newImplementation, new bytes(0), false);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy to `newImplementation`, and subsequently execute the function call
     * encoded in `data`.
     *
     * Calls {_authorizeUpgrade}.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     *
     * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow-reachable delegatecall
     */
    function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) public payable virtual onlyProxy {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(newImplementation, data, true);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Function that should revert when `msg.sender` is not authorized to upgrade the contract. Called by
     * {upgradeTo} and {upgradeToAndCall}.
     *
     * Normally, this function will use an xref:access.adoc[access control] modifier such as {Ownable-onlyOwner}.
     *
     * ```solidity
     * function _authorizeUpgrade(address) internal override onlyOwner {}
     * ```
     */
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal virtual;

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/token/ERC721/ERC721Upgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC721/ERC721.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import "./IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC721MetadataUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension, but not including the Enumerable extension, which is available separately as
 * {ERC721Enumerable}.
 */
contract ERC721Upgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC721Upgradeable, IERC721MetadataUpgradeable {
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;

    // Token name
    string private _name;

    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;

    // Mapping from token ID to owner address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _owners;

    // Mapping owner address to token count
    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;

    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;

    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
     */
    function __ERC721_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }

    function __ERC721_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Upgradeable).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721MetadataUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: address zero is not a valid owner");
        return _balances[owner];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        address owner = _ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
        return owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);

        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length > 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : "";
    }

    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721Upgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");

        require(
            _msgSender() == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()),
            "ERC721: approve caller is not token owner or approved for all"
        );

        _approve(to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);

        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved");

        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data) public virtual override {
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved");
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * `data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data) internal virtual {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        require(_checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId`. Does NOT revert if token doesn't exist
     */
    function _ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owners[tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _ownerOf(tokenId) != address(0);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _isApprovedOrOwner(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = ERC721Upgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (spender == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) || getApproved(tokenId) == spender);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, tokenId);
        require(
            _checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, data),
            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");

        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, 1);

        // Check that tokenId was not minted by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");

        unchecked {
            // Will not overflow unless all 2**256 token ids are minted to the same owner.
            // Given that tokens are minted one by one, it is impossible in practice that
            // this ever happens. Might change if we allow batch minting.
            // The ERC fails to describe this case.
            _balances[to] += 1;
        }

        _owners[tokenId] = to;

        emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);

        _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     * This is an internal function that does not check if the sender is authorized to operate on the token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        address owner = ERC721Upgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);

        _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, 1);

        // Update ownership in case tokenId was transferred by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
        owner = ERC721Upgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);

        // Clear approvals
        delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId];

        unchecked {
            // Cannot overflow, as that would require more tokens to be burned/transferred
            // out than the owner initially received through minting and transferring in.
            _balances[owner] -= 1;
        }
        delete _owners[tokenId];

        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);

        _afterTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(ERC721Upgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner");
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");

        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, 1);

        // Check that tokenId was not transferred by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
        require(ERC721Upgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner");

        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId];

        unchecked {
            // `_balances[from]` cannot overflow for the same reason as described in `_burn`:
            // `from`'s balance is the number of token held, which is at least one before the current
            // transfer.
            // `_balances[to]` could overflow in the conditions described in `_mint`. That would require
            // all 2**256 token ids to be minted, which in practice is impossible.
            _balances[from] -= 1;
            _balances[to] += 1;
        }
        _owners[tokenId] = to;

        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);

        _afterTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(ERC721Upgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(address owner, address operator, bool approved) internal virtual {
        require(owner != operator, "ERC721: approve to caller");
        _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the `tokenId` has not been minted yet.
     */
    function _requireMinted(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
     * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
                return retval == IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.onERC721Received.selector;
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert("ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        } else {
            return true;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is
     * used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens will be transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, the tokens will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     * - `batchSize` is non-zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 firstTokenId, uint256 batchSize) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is
     * used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens were transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, the tokens were minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens were burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     * - `batchSize` is non-zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 firstTokenId, uint256 batchSize) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Unsafe write access to the balances, used by extensions that "mint" tokens using an {ownerOf} override.
     *
     * WARNING: Anyone calling this MUST ensure that the balances remain consistent with the ownership. The invariant
     * being that for any address `a` the value returned by `balanceOf(a)` must be equal to the number of tokens such
     * that `ownerOf(tokenId)` is `a`.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function __unsafe_increaseBalance(address account, uint256 amount) internal {
        _balances[account] += amount;
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[44] private __gap;
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721RoyaltyUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Royalty.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../common/ERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of ERC721 with the ERC2981 NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment
 * information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {ERC2981-_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {ERC2981-_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC721RoyaltyUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC2981Upgradeable, ERC721Upgradeable {
    function __ERC721Royalty_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC721Royalty_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC721Upgradeable, ERC2981Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_burn}. This override additionally clears the royalty information for the token.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual override {
        super._burn(tokenId);
        _resetTokenRoyalty(tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721PausableUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.2) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../security/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev ERC721 token with pausable token transfers, minting and burning.
 *
 * Useful for scenarios such as preventing trades until the end of an evaluation
 * period, or having an emergency switch for freezing all token transfers in the
 * event of a large bug.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: This contract does not include public pause and unpause functions. In
 * addition to inheriting this contract, you must define both functions, invoking the
 * {Pausable-_pause} and {Pausable-_unpause} internal functions, with appropriate
 * access control, e.g. using {AccessControl} or {Ownable}. Not doing so will
 * make the contract unpausable.
 */
abstract contract ERC721PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC721Upgradeable, PausableUpgradeable {
    function __ERC721Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Pausable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ERC721Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 firstTokenId,
        uint256 batchSize
    ) internal virtual override {
        super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, firstTokenId, batchSize);

        require(!paused(), "ERC721Pausable: token transfer while paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

// File: src/Mythics/SteerableAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2023 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

import {AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable} from
    "openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/access/AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable.sol";

contract SteerableAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable is AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable {
    /// @notice The default role intended to perform access-restricted actions.
    /// @dev We are using this instead of DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE because the latter
    /// is intended to grant/revoke roles and will be secured differently.
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE = keccak256("DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE");
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Note that the caller is responsible to confirm that the recipient is capable of receiving ERC721
     * or else they may be permanently lost. Usage of {safeTransferFrom} prevents loss, though the caller must
     * understand this adds an external call which potentially creates a reentrancy vulnerability.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: /home/dave/proof/proof-seller/contracts/sellers/src/presets/CallbackerWithAccessControl.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "ethier/utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {ISellable, ImmutableSellableCallbacker, SettableSellableCallbacker} from "../base/SellableCallbacker.sol";

/**
 * @notice Base contract for seller presets that call back to a sellable contract.
 */
contract AccessControlled is AccessControlEnumerable {
    constructor(address admin, address steerer) {
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, admin);
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE, steerer);
    }
}

/**
 * @notice Base contract for seller presets that call back to a sellable contract.
 */
contract CallbackerWithAccessControl is ImmutableSellableCallbacker, AccessControlled {
    constructor(address admin, address steerer, ISellable sellable_)
        ImmutableSellableCallbacker(sellable_)
        AccessControlled(admin, steerer)
    {}
}

/**
 * @notice Base contract for seller presets that call back to a sellable contract.
 */
contract SettableCallbackerWithAccessControl is SettableSellableCallbacker, AccessControlled {
    constructor(address admin, address steerer) AccessControlled(admin, steerer) {}

    function setSellable(ISellable sellable_) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _setSellable(sellable_);
    }
}

// File: src/Oddsoleum/NonRollingRateLimited.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;

/**
 * @notice Module to rate limit a certain action per discrete block of time.
 * @author David Huber (@cxkoda)
 * @custom:reviewer Arran Schlosberg (@divergencearran)
 */
contract NonRollingRateLimited {
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if on attempts to exceed the rate limit.
     */
    error ExceedingRateLimit(uint256 requested, uint256 numLeft);

    /**
     * @notice The duration of a period in seconds.
     */
    uint64 private immutable _periodLength;

    /**
     * @notice The index of the last period for which an action has been performed.
     */
    uint64 private _lastPeriod;

    /**
     * @notice The maximum number of actions that can be performed in a period.
     */
    uint64 private __maxActionsPerPeriod;

    /**
     * @notice The number of actions that have been performed in the current period.
     * @dev Will automatically be reset to 0 in `rateLimited` at the start of each period.
     */
    uint64 private __performedCurrentPeriod;

    constructor(uint64 maxActionsPerPeriod, uint64 periodLength) {
        _periodLength = periodLength;
        _setMaxActionsPerPeriod(maxActionsPerPeriod);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Helper function to get the index of the current period.
     */
    function _currentPeriod() private view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(block.timestamp / _periodLength);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the maximum number of actions per period.
     */
    function _setMaxActionsPerPeriod(uint64 maxActionsPerPeriod) internal {
        __maxActionsPerPeriod = maxActionsPerPeriod;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the maximum number of actions per period.
     */
    function _maxActionsPerPeriod() internal view returns (uint64) {
        return __maxActionsPerPeriod;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Keeps track of the number of performed actions.
     * @dev Reverts if the maximum number of actions per period is exceeded.
     */
    function _checkAndTrackRateLimit(uint64 requested) internal {
        uint64 performed = _performedCurrentPeriod();
        uint64 left = __maxActionsPerPeriod - performed;
        if (requested > left) {
            revert ExceedingRateLimit(requested, left);
        }
        __performedCurrentPeriod = performed + requested;
        _lastPeriod = _currentPeriod();
    }

    /**
     * @notice The number of actions performed in the current period.
     */
    function _performedCurrentPeriod() internal view returns (uint64) {
        if (_currentPeriod() > _lastPeriod) {
            return 0;
        }
        return __performedCurrentPeriod;
    }
}

// File: src/Egg/MythicsEggErrors.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;

interface MythicsEggErrors {
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if one attempts an action on a nonexistent egg.
     */
    error NonexistentEgg(uint256 tokenId);
}

// File: src/Egg/StochasticSampling.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;

import {IEntropyOracle} from "proof/entropy/IEntropyOracle.sol";

/**
 * @notice Helper libray for sampling from a discrete probability distribution.
 */
library StochasticSamplingLib {
    /**
     * @notice Computes the cumulative probability distribution from a discrete probability distribution.
     */
    function computeCDF(uint64[] memory pdf) internal pure returns (uint64[] memory) {
        uint64[] memory cdf = new uint64[](pdf.length);
        cdf[0] = pdf[0];
        for (uint256 i = 1; i < pdf.length; ++i) {
            cdf[i] = cdf[i - 1] + pdf[i];
        }

        return cdf;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Samples from a discrete cumulative probability distribution.
     * @dev This function assumes that rand is uniform in [0,2^256) and that `cdf[cdf.length - 1] << 2^256`. If not the
     * outcome will be biased
     */
    function sampleWithCDF(uint256 rand, uint64[] memory cdf) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        rand = rand % cdf[cdf.length - 1];

        for (uint256 i; i < cdf.length; ++i) {
            if (rand < cdf[i]) {
                return i;
            }
        }

        // This will never be reached given the above bounds of rand.
        assert(false);
        return 0;
    }
}

/**
 * @notice A contract that can sample token traits from discrete probability distributions.
 * @dev The probability distributions and seed derivation functions are implemented in the inheriting contracts.
 * @dev The functions defined here might be gas-heavy and are therefore intended to be used in view-calls only.
 */
abstract contract StochasticSampler {
    /**
     * @notice Returns a random seed for a given token and a boolean indicating whether the seed is available.
     */
    function _seed(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bytes32, bool);

    /**
     * @notice Returns the cumulative probability distribution for a given trait of a given token.
     */
    function _cdf(uint256 tokenId, uint256 traitId) internal view virtual returns (uint64[] memory);

    /**
     * @notice Samples a trait for a given token.
     * @dev Returns the sampled trait and a boolean indicating whether the trait was already revealed (i.e. if the seed
     * for the given token is available).
     */
    function _sampleTrait(uint256 tokenId, uint256 traitId) internal view returns (uint256, bool) {
        (bytes32 seed, bool revealed) = _seed(tokenId);
        seed = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(seed, traitId));
        return (StochasticSamplingLib.sampleWithCDF(uint256(seed), _cdf(tokenId, traitId)), revealed);
    }
}

/**
 * @notice A contract that can sample token traits from discrete probability distributions loaded from storage.
 */
abstract contract StochasticSamplerWithCDFStorage is StochasticSampler {
    using StochasticSamplingLib for uint64[];

    /**
     * @notice Thrown if the traitId is invalid, i.e. if it exceeds the number of traits.
     */
    error InvalidTraitId(uint256 traitId);

    /**
     * @notice Thrown if the length of the given PDF does not match the number of realisations in a given trait.
     */
    error IncorrectPDFLength(uint256 gotLength, uint256 traitId, uint256 wantLength);

    /**
     * @notice Thrown if the given PDF cannot be normalised, i.e. if the sum of the probabilities is zero.
     */
    error ConstantZeroPDF();

    /**
     * @notice The number of realisations for each trait.
     */
    uint256[] private _numPerTrait;

    /**
     * @notice The cumulative probability distributions for each trait.
     * @dev Indexed by traitId, distributionVersion, sample.
     * @dev The distributionVersion is intended to allow having multiple "versions" of the probability distributions.
     */
    uint64[][][] private _cdfs;

    constructor(uint256[] memory numPerTrait) {
        _numPerTrait = numPerTrait;
        for (uint256 i; i < numPerTrait.length; ++i) {
            _cdfs.push(new uint64[][](0));
        }
        assert(_cdfs.length == numPerTrait.length);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Adds a new probability distribution for a given trait.
     */
    function _pushProbabilities(uint256 traitId, uint64[] memory pdf) internal {
        if (traitId >= _numPerTrait.length) {
            revert InvalidTraitId(traitId);
        }

        if (pdf.length != _numPerTrait[traitId]) {
            revert IncorrectPDFLength(pdf.length, traitId, _numPerTrait[traitId]);
        }

        uint64[] memory cdf = pdf.computeCDF();
        if (cdf[cdf.length - 1] == 0) {
            revert ConstantZeroPDF();
        }
        _cdfs[traitId].push(cdf);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the version/index of the latest probability distribution for a given trait.
     */
    function _latestDistributionVersion(uint256 traitId) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _cdfs[traitId].length - 1;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the version/index of the probability distribution that is used for a given token and trait.
     * @dev This function is intended to be overridden by inheriting contracts.
     */
    function _distributionVersion(uint256 tokenId, uint256 traitId) internal view virtual returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @inheritdoc StochasticSampler
     * @dev Returns the probability distribution that is index by `_distributionVersion`.
     */
    function _cdf(uint256 tokenId, uint256 traitId) internal view virtual override returns (uint64[] memory) {
        if (traitId >= _numPerTrait.length) {
            revert InvalidTraitId(traitId);
        }
        return _cdfs[traitId][_distributionVersion(tokenId, traitId)];
    }
}

/**
 * @notice A contract that can sample token traits from discrete probability distributions using entropy provided by the
 * EntropyOracle.
 */
abstract contract StochasticSamplerWithOracle is StochasticSampler {
    /**
     * @notice The entropy oracle.
     */
    IEntropyOracle public entropyOracle;

    constructor(IEntropyOracle entropyOracle_) {
        entropyOracle = entropyOracle_;
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc StochasticSampler
     * @dev Uses the entropy of the block at `_revealBlockNumber(tokenId)`.
     */
    function _seed(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual override returns (bytes32, bool) {
        bytes32 entropy = entropyOracle.blockEntropy(_revealBlockNumber(tokenId));
        return (keccak256(abi.encode(entropy, tokenId)), entropy != 0);
    }

    /**
     * @notice The blocknumber at which a given token will be revealed.
     * @dev The entropy provided by `entropyOracle` for this block will be used as seed for trait sampling.
     */
    function _revealBlockNumber(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (uint256);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/ethier_0-55-0/contracts/utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2023 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

import {AccessControlEnumerable as ACE} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";

contract AccessControlEnumerable is ACE {
    /// @notice The default role intended to perform access-restricted actions.
    /// @dev We are using this instead of DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE because the latter
    /// is intended to grant/revoke roles and will be secured differently.
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE =
        keccak256("DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE");

    /// @dev Overrides supportsInterface so that inheriting contracts can
    /// reference this contract instead of OZ's version for further overrides.
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ACE)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return ACE.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/ethier_0-55-0/contracts/erc721/ERC721ACommon.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2022 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

import {ERC721A} from "erc721a/contracts/ERC721A.sol";
import {ERC2981} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/common/ERC2981.sol";
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "../utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {AccessControlPausable} from "../utils/AccessControlPausable.sol";
import {ERC4906} from "./ERC4906.sol";

/**
@notice An ERC721A contract with common functionality:
 - Pausable with toggling functions exposed to Owner only
 - ERC2981 royalties
 */
contract ERC721ACommon is ERC721A, AccessControlPausable, ERC2981, ERC4906 {
    constructor(
        address admin,
        address steerer,
        string memory name,
        string memory symbol,
        address payable royaltyReciever,
        uint96 royaltyBasisPoints
    ) ERC721A(name, symbol) {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyReciever, royaltyBasisPoints);
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, admin);
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE, steerer);
    }

    /// @notice Requires that the token exists.
    modifier tokenExists(uint256 tokenId) {
        require(ERC721A._exists(tokenId), "ERC721ACommon: Token doesn't exist");
        _;
    }

    /// @notice Requires that msg.sender owns or is approved for the token.
    modifier onlyApprovedOrOwner(uint256 tokenId) {
        require(
            _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr == _msgSender() ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender(),
            "ERC721ACommon: Not approved nor owner"
        );
        _;
    }

    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual override {
        require(!paused(), "ERC721ACommon: paused");
        super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }

    /// @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, AccessControlEnumerable, ERC2981, ERC4906)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            ERC721A.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            ERC2981.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            AccessControlEnumerable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            ERC4906.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /// @notice Sets the royalty receiver and percentage (in units of basis
    /// points = 0.01%).
    function setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 basisPoints)
        public
        virtual
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(receiver, basisPoints);
    }

    function emitMetadataUpdateForAll()
        external
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        // EIP4906 is unfortunately quite vague on whether the `toTokenId` in
        // the following event is included or not. We hence use `totalSupply()`
        // to ensure that the last actual `tokenId` is included in any case.
        _refreshMetadata(0, totalSupply());
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/utils/Address.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.1;

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.

        return account.code.length > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/operator-filter-registry_1-4-1/src/DefaultOperatorFilterer.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import {OperatorFilterer} from "./OperatorFilterer.sol";
import {CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION} from "./lib/Constants.sol";
/**
 * @title  DefaultOperatorFilterer
 * @notice Inherits from OperatorFilterer and automatically subscribes to the default OpenSea subscription.
 * @dev    Please note that if your token contract does not provide an owner with EIP-173, it must provide
 *         administration methods on the contract itself to interact with the registry otherwise the subscription
 *         will be locked to the options set during construction.
 */

abstract contract DefaultOperatorFilterer is OperatorFilterer {
    /// @dev The constructor that is called when the contract is being deployed.
    constructor() OperatorFilterer(CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION, true) {}
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/proof/proof-seller/contracts/redemption/src/voucher/BaseRedeemableToken.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "ethier/utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {IRedeemableToken} from "../interfaces/IRedeemableToken.sol";

/**
 * @notice Base implementation of a voucher token with approvable redeemer contracts.
 */
abstract contract BaseRedeemableToken is IRedeemableToken, AccessControlEnumerable {
    /**
     * @notice Authorised redeemers.
     */
    bytes32 public constant REDEEMER_ROLE = keccak256("REDEEMER_ROLE");

    /**
     * @notice A role that cannot be granted or revoked.
     * @dev Used to lock in members of the `REDEEMER_ROLE` role.
     */
    bytes32 private constant _NOOP_ROLE = keccak256("NOOP_ROLE");

    constructor() {
        _setRoleAdmin(REDEEMER_ROLE, DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE);
        _setRoleAdmin(_NOOP_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }

    // =========================================================================
    //                           Redemption
    // =========================================================================

    /**
     * @notice Redeems a voucher token with given tokenId.
     * @dev Can only be called by approved redeemer contracts.
     * @dev Reverts if `sender` is not the owner of or approved to transfer the token.
     */
    function redeem(address sender, uint256 tokenId) external onlyRole(REDEEMER_ROLE) {
        if (!_isSenderAllowedToSpend(sender, tokenId)) {
            revert IRedeemableToken.RedeemerCallerNotAllowedToSpendVoucher(sender, tokenId);
        }

        _doRedeem(sender, tokenId);
    }

    // =========================================================================
    //                           Internal hooks
    // =========================================================================

    /**
     * @notice Hook called by `redeem` to check if the sender is allowed to
     * spend a given token (e.g. if it is the owner or transfer approved).
     */
    function _isSenderAllowedToSpend(address sender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool result);

    /**
     * @notice Hook called by `redeem` to preform the redemption of a voucher
     * token (e.g. burn).
     */
    function _doRedeem(address sender, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual;

    // =========================================================================
    //                           Steering
    // =========================================================================

    /**
     * @notice Locks the `REDEEMER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function lockRedeemers() external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _lockRedeemers();
    }

    /**
     * @notice Locks the `REDEEMER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function _lockRedeemers() internal {
        _setRoleAdmin(REDEEMER_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Revokes approval for all redeemers.
     */
    function _revokeAllRedeemers() internal {
        uint256 num = getRoleMemberCount(REDEEMER_ROLE);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < num; i++) {
            // Akin to a popFront
            address redeemer = getRoleMember(REDEEMER_ROLE, 0);
            _revokeRole(REDEEMER_ROLE, redeemer);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(AccessControlEnumerable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return interfaceId == type(IRedeemableToken).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/proof/proof-seller/contracts/sellers/src/sellable/BaseSellable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "ethier/utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {ISellable} from "../interfaces/ISellable.sol";

/**
 * @notice A base contract for selling content via authorised sellers.
 */
abstract contract BaseSellable is ISellable, AccessControlEnumerable {
    /**
     * @notice Authorised sellers.
     */
    bytes32 public constant AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE = keccak256("AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE");

    /**
     * @notice A role that cannot be granted or revoked.
     * @dev Used to lock in members of the `AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE` role.
     */
    bytes32 private constant _NOOP_ROLE = keccak256("NOOP_ROLE");

    constructor() {
        _setRoleAdmin(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE);
        _setRoleAdmin(_NOOP_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content via an authorised seller.
     * @dev Delegates the implementation to `_handleSale`.
     */
    function handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data)
        external
        payable
        onlyRole(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE)
    {
        _handleSale(to, num, data);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content.
     */
    function _handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data) internal virtual;

    /**
     * @notice Locks the `AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function lockSellers() external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _lockSellers();
    }

    /**
     * @notice Locks the `AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function _lockSellers() internal {
        _setRoleAdmin(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Revokes approval for all sellers.
     */
    function _revokeAllSellers() internal {
        uint256 num = getRoleMemberCount(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < num; i++) {
            // Akin to a popFront
            address seller = getRoleMember(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, 0);
            _revokeRole(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, seller);
        }
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/utils/structs/BitMaps.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/structs/BitMaps.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Library for managing uint256 to bool mapping in a compact and efficient way, providing the keys are sequential.
 * Largely inspired by Uniswap's https://github.com/Uniswap/merkle-distributor/blob/master/contracts/MerkleDistributor.sol[merkle-distributor].
 */
library BitMaps {
    struct BitMap {
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) _data;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether the bit at `index` is set.
     */
    function get(BitMap storage bitmap, uint256 index) internal view returns (bool) {
        uint256 bucket = index >> 8;
        uint256 mask = 1 << (index & 0xff);
        return bitmap._data[bucket] & mask != 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the bit at `index` to the boolean `value`.
     */
    function setTo(
        BitMap storage bitmap,
        uint256 index,
        bool value
    ) internal {
        if (value) {
            set(bitmap, index);
        } else {
            unset(bitmap, index);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the bit at `index`.
     */
    function set(BitMap storage bitmap, uint256 index) internal {
        uint256 bucket = index >> 8;
        uint256 mask = 1 << (index & 0xff);
        bitmap._data[bucket] |= mask;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Unsets the bit at `index`.
     */
    function unset(BitMap storage bitmap, uint256 index) internal {
        uint256 bucket = index >> 8;
        uint256 mask = 1 << (index & 0xff);
        bitmap._data[bucket] &= ~mask;
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/operator-filter-registry_1-4-1/src/IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
     *         true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
     */
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     */
    function register(address registrant) external;

    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;

    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
     *         address without subscribing.
     */
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;

    /**
     * @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     *         Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
     *         Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
     */
    function unregister(address addr) external;

    /**
     * @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
     */
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;

    /**
     * @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;

    /**
     * @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
     */
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;

    /**
     * @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;

    /**
     * @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
     *         subscription if present.
     *         Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
     *         subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
     *         used.
     */
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;

    /**
     * @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;

    /**
     * @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
     */
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);

    /**
     * @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);

    /**
     * @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);

    /**
     * @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
     */
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);

    /**
     * @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);

    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);

    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if an address has registered
     */
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
     */
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Address.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.1;

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     *
     * Furthermore, `isContract` will also return true if the target contract within
     * the same transaction is already scheduled for destruction by `SELFDESTRUCT`,
     * which only has an effect at the end of a transaction.
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.

        return account.code.length > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.0/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev ERC1822: Universal Upgradeable Proxy Standard (UUPS) documents a method for upgradeability through a simplified
 * proxy whose upgrades are fully controlled by the current implementation.
 */
interface IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot that the proxiable contract assumes is being used to store the implementation
     * address.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.2;

import "../beacon/IBeaconUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../interfaces/IERC1967Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
abstract contract ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC1967Upgradeable {
    function __ERC1967Upgrade_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC1967Upgrade_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    // This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.rollback" subtracted by 1
    bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT = 0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;

    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            AddressUpgradeable.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with security checks for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(address newImplementation, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        // Upgrades from old implementations will perform a rollback test. This test requires the new
        // implementation to upgrade back to the old, non-ERC1822 compliant, implementation. Removing
        // this special case will break upgrade paths from old UUPS implementation to new ones.
        if (StorageSlotUpgradeable.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT).value) {
            _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        } else {
            try IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (bytes32 slot) {
                require(slot == _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT, "ERC1967Upgrade: unsupported proxiableUUID");
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1967Upgrade: new implementation is not UUPS");
            }
            _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, forceCall);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }

    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(newBeacon), "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract");
        require(
            AddressUpgradeable.isContract(IBeaconUpgradeable(newBeacon).implementation()),
            "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
        );
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Perform beacon upgrade with additional setup call. Note: This upgrades the address of the beacon, it does
     * not upgrade the implementation contained in the beacon (see {UpgradeableBeacon-_setImplementation} for that).
     *
     * Emits a {BeaconUpgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(address newBeacon, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            AddressUpgradeable.functionDelegateCall(IBeaconUpgradeable(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Upgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data) external;

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Note that the caller is responsible to confirm that the recipient is capable of receiving ERC721
     * or else they may be permanently lost. Usage of {safeTransferFrom} prevents loss, though the caller must
     * understand this adds an external call which potentially creates a reentrancy vulnerability.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721MetadataUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../IERC721Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721MetadataUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Strings.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
import "./math/SignedMathUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library StringsUpgradeable {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = MathUpgradeable.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `int256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(int256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return string(abi.encodePacked(value < 0 ? "-" : "", toString(SignedMathUpgradeable.abs(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, MathUpgradeable.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the two strings are equal.
     */
    function equal(string memory a, string memory b) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return keccak256(bytes(a)) == keccak256(bytes(b));
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/token/common/ERC2981Upgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC2981Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC2981Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC2981_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC2981_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }

    RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981Upgradeable
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];

        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }

        uint256 royaltyAmount = (salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();

        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");

        _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId, address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");

        _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[48] private __gap;
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/security/PausableUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);

    bool private _paused;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    function __Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Pausable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _paused = false;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _requireNotPaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        _requirePaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _paused;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
        require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
        require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        _paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        _paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/access/AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable.sol";
import "./AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/structs/EnumerableSetUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {AccessControl} that allows enumerating the members of each role.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable is Initializable, IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable, AccessControlUpgradeable {
    function __AccessControlEnumerable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __AccessControlEnumerable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    using EnumerableSetUpgradeable for EnumerableSetUpgradeable.AddressSet;

    mapping(bytes32 => EnumerableSetUpgradeable.AddressSet) private _roleMembers;

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _roleMembers[role].at(index);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _roleMembers[role].length();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload {_grantRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {
        super._grantRole(role, account);
        _roleMembers[role].add(account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload {_revokeRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {
        super._revokeRole(role, account);
        _roleMembers[role].remove(account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IAccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import "./AccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {AccessControl} that allows enumerating the members of each role.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlEnumerable is IAccessControlEnumerable, AccessControl {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;

    mapping(bytes32 => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _roleMembers;

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlEnumerable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _roleMembers[role].at(index);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _roleMembers[role].length();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload {_grantRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {
        super._grantRole(role, account);
        _roleMembers[role].add(account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload {_revokeRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {
        super._revokeRole(role, account);
        _roleMembers[role].remove(account);
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/ERC721A_4-2-3/contracts/ERC721A.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

import './IERC721A.sol';

/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
 */
interface ERC721A__IERC721Receiver {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}

/**
 * @title ERC721A
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
 * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
 * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
 * starting from `_startTokenId()`.
 *
 * Assumptions:
 *
 * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721A is IERC721A {
    // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
    struct TokenApprovalRef {
        address value;
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                           CONSTANTS
    // =============================================================

    // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;

    // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;

    // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;

    // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;

    // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;

    // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;

    // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;

    // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;

    // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;

    // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;

    // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;

    // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;

    // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
    // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
    // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
    // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
    uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;

    // The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
    // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
    bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;

    // =============================================================
    //                            STORAGE
    // =============================================================

    // The next token ID to be minted.
    uint256 private _currentIndex;

    // The number of tokens burned.
    uint256 private _burnCounter;

    // Token name
    string private _name;

    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;

    // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
    // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
    // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
    //
    // Bits Layout:
    // - [0..159]   `addr`
    // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
    // - [224]      `burned`
    // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
    // - [232..255] `extraData`
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _packedOwnerships;

    // Mapping owner address to address data.
    //
    // Bits Layout:
    // - [0..63]    `balance`
    // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
    // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
    // - [192..255] `aux`
    mapping(address => uint256) private _packedAddressData;

    // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
    mapping(uint256 => TokenApprovalRef) private _tokenApprovals;

    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;

    // =============================================================
    //                          CONSTRUCTOR
    // =============================================================

    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                   TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
     * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
     */
    function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _currentIndex;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
     */
    function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _burnCounter;
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                    ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return _packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }

    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return (_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }

    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return (_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }

    /**
     * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
    }

    /**
     * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = _packedAddressData[owner];
        uint256 auxCasted;
        // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            auxCasted := aux
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
        _packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
        // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
        // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
        // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();

        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
    }

    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                     OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
     */
    function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnerships[index]);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
     */
    function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
        if (_packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
            _packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
        }
    }

    /**
     * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 curr = tokenId;

        unchecked {
            if (_startTokenId() <= curr)
                if (curr < _currentIndex) {
                    uint256 packed = _packedOwnerships[curr];
                    // If not burned.
                    if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                        // Invariant:
                        // There will always be an initialized ownership slot
                        // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                        // before an unintialized ownership slot
                        // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                        // Hence, `curr` will not underflow.
                        //
                        // We can directly compare the packed value.
                        // If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
                        while (packed == 0) {
                            packed = _packedOwnerships[--curr];
                        }
                        return packed;
                    }
                }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
     */
    function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
        ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
        ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
        ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
        ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
     */
    function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
            result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
     */
    function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
        assembly {
            // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
            result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
        }
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                      APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);

        if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
            if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            }

        _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();

        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
            tokenId < _currentIndex && // If within bounds,
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
     */
    function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
        address approvedAddress,
        address owner,
        address msgSender
    ) private pure returns (bool result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
            result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
    {
        TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
        assembly {
            approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
            approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
        }
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                      TRANSFER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);

        if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();

        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);

        // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
        if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
            if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();

        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();

        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);

        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }

        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
            --_packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
            ++_packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.

            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the next owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
            );

            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (_packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        _packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.code.length != 0)
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * have been transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
     * `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
     * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
     * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
     *
     * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try ERC721A__IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (
            bytes4 retval
        ) {
            return retval == ERC721A__IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                        MINT OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();

        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);

        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
        // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            _packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);

            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            _packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );

            uint256 toMasked;
            uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;

            // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
            // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
            // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
            // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
            assembly {
                // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
                toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
                // Emit the `Transfer` event.
                log4(
                    0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
                    0, // End of data (0, since no data).
                    _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
                    0, // `address(0)`.
                    toMasked, // `to`.
                    startTokenId // `tokenId`.
                )

                // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
                // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
                // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
                for {
                    let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
                } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
                    tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
                } {
                    // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
                    log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
                }
            }
            if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();

            _currentIndex = end;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
     *
     * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
     * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
     *
     * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
     * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
     * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
     * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();

        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);

        // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            _packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);

            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            _packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );

            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);

            _currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * See {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, quantity);

        unchecked {
            if (to.code.length != 0) {
                uint256 end = _currentIndex;
                uint256 index = end - quantity;
                do {
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (index < end);
                // Reentrancy protection.
                if (_currentIndex != end) revert();
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                        BURN OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);

        address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));

        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);

        if (approvalCheck) {
            // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
            if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }

        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);

        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }

        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance -= 1`.
            // - `numberBurned += 1`.
            //
            // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
            // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
            _packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;

            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the last owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
            // - `burned` to `true`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                from,
                (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
            );

            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (_packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        _packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);

        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            _burnCounter++;
        }
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                     EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
     */
    function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = _packedOwnerships[index];
        if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
        uint256 extraDataCasted;
        // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            extraDataCasted := extraData
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        _packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
     * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
     *
     * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _extraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint24 previousExtraData
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}

    /**
     * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
     * The returned result is shifted into position.
     */
    function _nextExtraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                       OTHER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
     *
     * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
     */
    function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
     */
    function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)

            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str

            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }

            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/token/common/ERC2981.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../interfaces/IERC2981.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC2981 is IERC2981, ERC165 {
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }

    RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];

        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }

        uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();

        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");

        _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeNumerator
    ) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");

        _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/ethier_0-55-0/contracts/utils/AccessControlPausable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2021 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;

import {Pausable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol";
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "./AccessControlEnumerable.sol";

/// @notice A Pausable contract that can only be toggled by a member of the
/// STEERING role.
contract AccessControlPausable is AccessControlEnumerable, Pausable {
    /// @notice Pauses the contract.
    function pause() public onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        Pausable._pause();
    }

    /// @notice Unpauses the contract.
    function unpause() public onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        Pausable._unpause();
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/operator-filter-registry_1-4-1/src/OperatorFilterer.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "./IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {CANONICAL_OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY_ADDRESS} from "./lib/Constants.sol";
/**
 * @title  OperatorFilterer
 * @notice Abstract contract whose constructor automatically registers and optionally subscribes to or copies another
 *         registrant's entries in the OperatorFilterRegistry.
 * @dev    This smart contract is meant to be inherited by token contracts so they can use the following:
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperator` modifier for `transferFrom` and `safeTransferFrom` methods.
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperatorApproval` modifier for `approve` and `setApprovalForAll` methods.
 *         Please note that if your token contract does not provide an owner with EIP-173, it must provide
 *         administration methods on the contract itself to interact with the registry otherwise the subscription
 *         will be locked to the options set during construction.
 */

abstract contract OperatorFilterer {
    /// @dev Emitted when an operator is not allowed.
    error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);

    IOperatorFilterRegistry public constant OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY =
        IOperatorFilterRegistry(CANONICAL_OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY_ADDRESS);

    /// @dev The constructor that is called when the contract is being deployed.
    constructor(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe) {
        // If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
        // will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
        // order for the modifier to filter addresses.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            if (subscribe) {
                OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
            } else {
                if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                } else {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.register(address(this));
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if an operator is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
        // Allow spending tokens from addresses with balance
        // Note that this still allows listings and marketplaces with escrow to transfer tokens if transferred
        // from an EOA.
        if (from != msg.sender) {
            _checkFilterOperator(msg.sender);
        }
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if an operator approval is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
        _checkFilterOperator(operator);
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if an operator is allowed.
     */
    function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            // under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting contracts
            // may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave differently
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
            }
        }
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/proxy/beacon/IBeaconUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeaconUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/interfaces/IERC1967Upgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC1967.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev ERC-1967: Proxy Storage Slots. This interface contains the events defined in the ERC.
 *
 * _Available since v4.8.3._
 */
interface IERC1967Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is changed.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/StorageSlot.js.

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```solidity
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, `uint256`._
 * _Available since v4.9 for `string`, `bytes`._
 */
library StorageSlotUpgradeable {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }

    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }

    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }

    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }

    struct StringSlot {
        string value;
    }

    struct BytesSlot {
        bytes value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `StringSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getStringSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (StringSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `StringSlot` representation of the string storage pointer `store`.
     */
    function getStringSlot(string storage store) internal pure returns (StringSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := store.slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BytesSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytesSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BytesSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BytesSlot` representation of the bytes storage pointer `store`.
     */
    function getBytesSlot(bytes storage store) internal pure returns (BytesSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := store.slot
        }
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/utils/math/MathUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library MathUpgradeable {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }

            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                // Solidity will revert if denominator == 0, unlike the div opcode on its own.
                // The surrounding unchecked block does not change this fact.
                // See https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/latest/control-structures.html#checked-or-unchecked-arithmetic.
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }

            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1, "Math: mulDiv overflow");

            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////

            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)

                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }

            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.

            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)

                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)

                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }

            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;

            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;

            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256

            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);

        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10 ** 64) {
                value /= 10 ** 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 32) {
                value /= 10 ** 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 16) {
                value /= 10 ** 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 8) {
                value /= 10 ** 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 4) {
                value /= 10 ** 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 2) {
                value /= 10 ** 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10 ** result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result << 3) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/utils/math/SignedMathUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/SignedMath.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Standard signed math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library SignedMathUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two signed numbers.
     */
    function max(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two signed numbers.
     */
    function min(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two signed numbers without overflow.
     * The result is rounded towards zero.
     */
    function average(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        // Formula from the book "Hacker's Delight"
        int256 x = (a & b) + ((a ^ b) >> 1);
        return x + (int256(uint256(x) >> 255) & (a ^ b));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the absolute unsigned value of a signed value.
     */
    function abs(int256 n) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            // must be unchecked in order to support `n = type(int256).min`
            return uint256(n >= 0 ? n : -n);
        }
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 salePrice
    ) external view returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/access/IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControlEnumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IAccessControlUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable is IAccessControlUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/access/AccessControlUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IAccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it. We recommend using {AccessControlDefaultAdminRules}
 * to enforce additional security measures for this role.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, IAccessControlUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable {
    function __AccessControl_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __AccessControl_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address => bool) members;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }

    mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;

    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;

    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with a standardized message including the required role.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlUpgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].members[account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
     * Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     *
     * Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
     *
     * _Available since v4.6._
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "AccessControl: account ",
                        StringsUpgradeable.toHexString(account),
                        " is missing role ",
                        StringsUpgradeable.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");

        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
     * checks on the calling account.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
     * up the initial roles for the system.
     *
     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
     * ====
     *
     * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
     */
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSetUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```solidity
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableSet.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableSetUpgradeable {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.

    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];

        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.

            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;

            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];

                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }

            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();

            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];

            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }

    // Bytes32Set

    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }

    // AddressSet

    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }

    // UintSet

    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/access/IAccessControlEnumerable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControlEnumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IAccessControl.sol";

/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlEnumerable is IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IAccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/Context.sol";
import "../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it.
 */
abstract contract AccessControl is Context, IAccessControl, ERC165 {
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address => bool) members;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }

    mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;

    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;

    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with a standardized message including the required role.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].members[account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
     * Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     *
     * Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
     *
     * _Available since v4.6._
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "AccessControl: account ",
                        Strings.toHexString(account),
                        " is missing role ",
                        Strings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");

        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
     * checks on the calling account.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
     * up the initial roles for the system.
     *
     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
     * ====
     *
     * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
     */
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableSet.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.

    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];

        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.

            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;

            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];

                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }

            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();

            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];

            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }

    // Bytes32Set

    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }

    // AddressSet

    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }

    // UintSet

    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/ERC721A_4-2-3/contracts/IERC721A.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721A {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();

    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();

    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();

    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();

    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();

    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();

    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();

    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();

    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();

    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();

    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();

    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();

    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();

    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================

    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);

    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);

    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);

    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);

    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/interfaces/IERC2981.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/security/Pausable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/Context.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract Pausable is Context {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);

    bool private _paused;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    constructor() {
        _paused = false;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _requireNotPaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        _requirePaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _paused;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
        require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
        require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        _paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        _paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable_4-9-0/contracts/access/IAccessControlUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/access/IAccessControl.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/utils/Context.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/utils/Strings.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./math/Math.sol";

/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = Math.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, Math.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}

// File: /home/dave/.cache/bazel/_bazel_dave/b9a57168317213f9241a484d2ee2d038/external/openzeppelin-contracts_4-8-1/contracts/utils/math/Math.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library Math {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }

            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }

            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1);

            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////

            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)

                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }

            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.

            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)

                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)

                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }

            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;

            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;

            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256

            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator,
        Rounding rounding
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);

        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10**64) {
                value /= 10**64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10**32) {
                value /= 10**32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10**16) {
                value /= 10**16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10**8) {
                value /= 10**8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10**4) {
                value /= 10**4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10**2) {
                value /= 10**2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10**1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}